1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 339 * 340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 343 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 353 * compatibility only. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 359 * 360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 378 * 379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 381 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 382 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 385 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 386 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 387 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 388 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 389 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 390 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 391 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 393 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 394 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * 397 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 399 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 400 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 401 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 402 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 403 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 404 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 405 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 406 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 407 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 408 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 409 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 410 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 412 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 414 * attributes determining channel width. 415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 418 * 419 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 423 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 425 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 426 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 427 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 429 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 430 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 431 * frame). 432 * 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 434 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 435 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 437 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 439 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 440 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 441 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 442 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 444 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 446 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 447 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 448 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * 451 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 452 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 453 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 454 * global regdomain will be returned. 455 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 456 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 457 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 458 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 459 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 460 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 461 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 462 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 463 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 464 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 465 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 466 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 467 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 468 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 469 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 470 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 472 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 473 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 474 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 475 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 476 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 477 * 478 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 479 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 480 * 481 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 482 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 485 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 486 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 487 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 488 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 489 * added to all specified management frames generated by 490 * kernel/firmware/driver. 491 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 492 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 493 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 494 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 495 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 496 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 497 * 498 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 499 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 501 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 502 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 503 * be used. 504 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 505 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 506 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 507 * partial scan results may be available 508 * 509 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 510 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 511 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 512 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 513 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 514 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 515 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 516 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 517 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 518 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 519 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 520 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 521 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 522 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 523 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 524 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 525 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 526 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 527 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 528 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 529 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 530 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 531 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 532 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 533 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 534 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 535 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 536 * results available. 537 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 538 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 539 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 540 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 541 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 542 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 543 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 544 * 545 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 546 * or noise level 547 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 548 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 549 * 550 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 551 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 552 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 553 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 554 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 555 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 556 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 557 * ESS. 558 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 559 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 561 * authentication. 562 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 563 * 564 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 565 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 566 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 567 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 569 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 570 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 571 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 572 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 573 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 574 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 575 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 576 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 577 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 578 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 579 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 580 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 581 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 582 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 583 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 584 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 585 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 586 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 587 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 588 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 589 * the beacon hint was processed. 590 * 591 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 592 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 593 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 594 * authentication process. 595 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 596 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 597 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 598 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 599 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 600 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 601 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 602 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 603 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 604 * to the frame. 605 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 606 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 607 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 608 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 609 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 610 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 611 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 612 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 613 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 614 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 615 * pending authentication timed out). 616 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 617 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 618 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 619 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 620 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 621 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 622 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 623 * included). 624 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 625 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 626 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 627 * primitives). 628 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 629 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 630 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 631 * 632 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 633 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 634 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 635 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 636 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 637 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 638 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 639 * 640 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 641 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 642 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 643 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 644 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 645 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 646 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 647 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 648 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 649 * determined by the network interface. 650 * 651 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 652 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 653 * to the driver. 654 * 655 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 656 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 657 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 658 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 659 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 660 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 662 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 664 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 666 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 667 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 668 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 669 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 670 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 671 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 672 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 674 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 675 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 676 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 677 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 678 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 679 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 680 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 681 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 682 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 684 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 685 * a different BSS is desired. 686 * Background scan period can optionally be 687 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 688 * if not specified default background scan configuration 689 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 690 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 691 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 692 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 693 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 694 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 695 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 696 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 697 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 698 * well to remain backwards compatible. 699 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 700 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 701 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 702 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 703 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 704 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 705 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 707 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 708 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 709 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 710 * 711 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 712 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 713 * 714 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 715 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 716 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 717 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 718 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 719 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 720 * frequency for the operation. 721 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 722 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 723 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 724 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 725 * radio). 726 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 727 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 728 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 729 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 730 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 731 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 732 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 733 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 734 * uniquely identify the request. 735 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 736 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 737 * 738 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 739 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 740 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 741 * 742 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 743 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 744 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 745 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 746 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 747 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 748 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 749 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 750 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 751 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 752 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 753 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 754 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 755 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 756 * backward compatibility 757 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 758 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 759 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 760 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 761 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 762 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 763 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 764 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 765 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 766 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 767 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 768 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 769 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 770 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 771 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 772 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 773 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 774 * is used during CSA period. 775 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 776 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 777 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 778 * lower layers. 779 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 780 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 781 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 782 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 783 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 784 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 785 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 786 * wait time. 787 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 788 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 789 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 790 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 791 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 792 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 793 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 794 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 795 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 796 * backward compatibility. 797 * 798 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 799 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 802 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 803 * levels. 804 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 805 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 806 * reached. 807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 808 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 809 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 810 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 811 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 812 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 813 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 814 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 815 * precedence when they are used. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 818 * (no longer supported). 819 * 820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 821 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 822 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 823 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 824 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 825 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 826 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 827 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 828 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 829 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 830 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 831 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 832 * command, the feature is disabled. 833 * 834 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 835 * mesh config parameters may be given. 836 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 837 * network is determined by the network interface. 838 * 839 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 840 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 841 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 843 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 844 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 847 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 848 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 849 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 850 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 851 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 852 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 853 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 854 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 855 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 856 * depending on the authentication result. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 860 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 861 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 862 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 863 * more background information, see 864 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 865 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 866 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 867 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 868 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 869 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 870 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 871 * 872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 873 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 874 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 875 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 876 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 877 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 878 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 881 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 882 * 883 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 884 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 885 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 886 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 887 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 888 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 889 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 892 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 893 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 894 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 895 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 896 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 897 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 898 * 899 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 900 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 901 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 902 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 903 * is received. 904 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 905 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 906 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 907 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 908 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 911 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 912 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 913 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 916 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 917 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 918 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 919 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 920 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 921 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 924 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 925 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 926 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 927 * 928 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 929 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 932 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 933 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 934 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 935 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 936 * from the remote AP) is completed; 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 939 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 940 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 941 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 942 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 943 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 944 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 945 * interfaces to change channel as well. 946 * 947 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 948 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 949 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 950 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 951 * public action frame TX. 952 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 953 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 956 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 957 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 958 * is used for this. 959 * 960 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 961 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 962 * 963 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 964 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 965 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 966 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 967 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 968 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 969 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 970 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 971 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 972 * 973 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 974 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 975 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 976 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 977 * while operating on this channel. 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 979 * event. 980 * 981 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 982 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 983 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 986 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 987 * 988 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 989 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 990 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 991 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 994 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 995 * complete. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 998 * return back to normal. 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1001 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1002 * 1003 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1004 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1005 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1006 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1007 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1008 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1009 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1010 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1011 * switch is complete. 1012 * 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1014 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1017 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1018 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1019 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1020 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1021 * 1022 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1023 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1024 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1025 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1026 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1027 * 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1030 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1031 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1032 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1033 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1034 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1035 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1036 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1037 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1038 * fail even if the check was successful. 1039 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1041 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1042 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1043 * 1044 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1045 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1049 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1050 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1051 * network is determined by the network interface. 1052 * 1053 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1054 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1055 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1056 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1058 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1059 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1060 * AP. 1061 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1062 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1063 * when this command completes. 1064 * 1065 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1066 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1067 * management. 1068 * 1069 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1070 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1071 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1072 * 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1074 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1075 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1076 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1077 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1078 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1080 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1081 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1082 * added. 1083 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1084 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1085 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1086 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1087 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1088 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1089 * of the function upon success. 1090 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1091 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1092 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1093 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1094 * which just terminated. 1095 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1096 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1097 * the response to this command. 1098 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1099 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1100 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1101 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1102 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1103 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1104 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1105 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1106 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1107 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1108 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1109 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1110 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1112 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1113 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1114 * 1115 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1116 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1117 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1118 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1119 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1120 * 1121 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1122 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1123 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1124 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1125 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1126 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1127 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1129 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1130 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1131 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1132 * should be indicated instead. 1133 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1134 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1135 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1136 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1137 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1138 * 802.11 headers. 1139 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1140 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1141 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1142 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1143 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1144 * address of that link. 1145 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1146 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1147 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1148 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1149 * 1150 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1151 * 1152 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1153 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1154 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1155 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1156 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1157 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1158 * 1159 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1160 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1161 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1162 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1163 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1164 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1165 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1166 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1167 * command interface. 1168 * 1169 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1170 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1171 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1172 * 1173 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1174 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1175 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1176 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1177 * 1178 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1179 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1180 * 1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1182 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1183 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1184 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1185 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1186 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1187 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1188 * the netlink extended ack message. 1189 * 1190 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1191 * 1192 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1193 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1194 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1195 * buffer size. 1196 * 1197 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1198 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1199 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1200 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1201 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1202 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1203 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1204 * 1205 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1206 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1207 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1208 * determining the width and type. 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1211 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1212 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1213 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1214 * 1215 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1216 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1217 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1218 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1219 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1220 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1221 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1222 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1223 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1224 * rate selection. 1225 * 1226 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1227 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1228 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1229 * 1230 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1231 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1232 * 1233 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1234 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1235 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1236 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1237 * 1238 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1239 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1240 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1241 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1242 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1243 * 1244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1245 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1246 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1247 * 1248 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1249 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1250 * 1251 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1252 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1253 * 1254 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1255 * started 1256 * 1257 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1258 * been aborted 1259 * 1260 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1261 * has completed 1262 * 1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1264 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1265 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1266 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1267 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1268 * 1269 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1270 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1271 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1272 * specify the timeout value. 1273 * 1274 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1275 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1276 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1277 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1278 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1279 * 1280 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1281 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1282 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1285 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1286 */ 1287 enum nl80211_commands { 1288 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1289 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1294 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1298 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1299 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1303 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1304 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1307 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1308 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1309 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1310 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1311 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1314 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1315 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1316 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1317 1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1319 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1320 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1321 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1326 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1329 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1330 1331 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1332 1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1336 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1337 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1338 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1343 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1344 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1345 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1352 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1357 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1358 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1361 1362 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1363 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1364 1365 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1366 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1367 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1368 1369 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1370 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1371 1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1373 1374 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1376 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1377 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1378 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1379 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1382 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1385 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1393 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1396 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1401 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1404 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1405 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1406 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1409 1410 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1411 1412 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1413 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1416 1417 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1418 1419 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1422 1423 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1424 1425 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1426 1427 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1428 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1429 1430 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1431 1432 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1437 1438 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1441 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1444 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1445 1446 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1447 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1450 1451 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1452 1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1454 1455 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1456 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1457 1458 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1459 1460 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1461 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1462 1463 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1464 1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1467 1468 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1469 1470 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1473 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1474 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1475 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1476 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1477 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1478 1479 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1480 1481 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1484 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1485 1486 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1489 1490 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1491 1492 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1493 1494 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1495 1496 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1497 1498 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1499 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1500 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1501 1502 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1503 1504 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1505 1506 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1507 1508 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1513 1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1515 1516 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1521 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1522 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1523 1524 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1525 1526 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1527 1528 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1529 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1530 1531 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1532 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1533 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1534 1535 /* add new commands above here */ 1536 1537 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1538 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1539 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1540 }; 1541 1542 /* 1543 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1544 * here 1545 */ 1546 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1547 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1548 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1549 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1550 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1551 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1552 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1553 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1554 1555 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1556 1557 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1558 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1559 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1560 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1561 1562 /** 1563 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1564 * 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1566 * 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1568 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1572 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1573 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1574 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1575 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1577 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1578 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1580 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1581 * operating channel center frequency. 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1583 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1585 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1586 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1587 * this attribute) 1588 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1589 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1590 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1591 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1593 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1594 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1596 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1597 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1599 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1600 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1602 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1603 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1605 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1606 * 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1610 * 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1612 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1613 * 1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1615 * 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1617 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1618 * keys 1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1621 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1623 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1626 * default management key 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1628 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1630 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1636 * 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1639 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1641 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1643 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1644 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1646 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1648 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1649 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1650 * 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1652 * consisting of a nested array. 1653 * 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1656 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1659 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1660 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1661 * 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1663 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1666 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1667 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1668 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1669 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1670 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1671 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1672 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1673 * to a specific alpha2. 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1675 * rules. 1676 * 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1679 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1681 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1683 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1684 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1685 * 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1687 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1690 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1691 * of the interface mode. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1694 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1697 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1700 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1702 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1704 * that can be added to a scan request 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1706 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1708 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1712 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1714 * 1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1716 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1718 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1719 * 1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1721 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1722 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1725 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1726 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1729 * represented as a u32 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1731 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1734 * a u32 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1737 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1738 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1739 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1740 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1742 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1743 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1744 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1745 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1746 * 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1748 * cipher suites 1749 * 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1751 * for other networks on different channels 1752 * 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1754 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1755 * 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1757 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1758 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1759 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1760 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1761 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1762 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1763 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1764 * 1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1766 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1767 * 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1769 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1770 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1771 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1772 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1773 * default in station mode. 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1775 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1776 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1777 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1778 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1779 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1782 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1784 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1785 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1786 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1787 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1788 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1789 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1790 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1791 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1792 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1793 * 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1795 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1796 * 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1798 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1799 * a local disconnect request. 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1801 * event (u16) 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1803 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1804 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1807 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1808 * (an array of u32). 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1810 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1811 * u32). 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1813 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1814 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1816 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1817 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1818 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1819 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1820 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1821 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1822 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1825 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1827 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1828 * 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1830 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1831 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1832 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1833 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1836 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1838 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1839 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1840 * 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1842 * 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1844 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1845 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1846 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1847 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1848 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1849 * completely from scratch. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1854 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1855 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1859 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1860 * 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1863 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1864 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1867 * 1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1869 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1870 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1871 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1872 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1873 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1874 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1875 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1876 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1877 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1878 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1879 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1880 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1883 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1885 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1887 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1888 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1889 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1891 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1892 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1895 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1896 * 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1900 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1903 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1904 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1905 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1906 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1909 * connected to this BSS. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1912 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1914 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1915 * for non-automatic settings. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1918 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1921 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1922 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1923 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1924 * 1925 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1926 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1927 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1928 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1929 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1930 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1931 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1932 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1933 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1934 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1937 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1938 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1939 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1940 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1941 * 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1943 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1946 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1951 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1952 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1953 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1954 * nl80211 capability flag. 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1957 * 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1959 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1960 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1961 * 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1963 * changed once the mesh is active. 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1965 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1967 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1968 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1970 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1971 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1972 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1975 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1977 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1978 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1979 * triggers. 1980 * 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1982 * cycles, in msecs. 1983 * 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1985 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1986 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1987 * pass-thru filter rules. 1988 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1989 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1990 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1991 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1992 * able to ignore them by itself. 1993 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1994 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1995 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1996 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1997 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1998 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1999 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2000 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2003 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2004 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2006 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2007 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2008 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2009 * 2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2011 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2014 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2015 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2016 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2017 * 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2019 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2020 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2023 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2024 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2025 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2027 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2028 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2029 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2030 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2031 * 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2033 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2035 * as AP. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2038 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2039 * 2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2041 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2042 * 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2044 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2045 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2046 * applications use this attribute. 2047 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2048 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2051 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2052 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2054 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2056 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2058 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2060 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2061 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2062 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2063 * 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2065 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2066 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2067 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2070 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2071 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2072 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2073 * 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2075 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2077 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2078 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2079 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2080 * 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2082 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2083 * to be filled by the FW. 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2085 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2086 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2088 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2089 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2091 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2092 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2094 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2095 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2096 * The values that may be configured are: 2097 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2098 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2099 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2100 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2101 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2104 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2105 * to one DFS region. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2108 * up to 16 TIDs. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2111 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2112 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2113 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2114 * capability to timeout the stations. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2117 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2118 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2119 * 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2121 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2122 * 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2124 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2125 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2126 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2127 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2130 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2131 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2134 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2135 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2136 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2137 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2138 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2139 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2140 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2141 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2142 * consistent. 2143 * 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2145 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2146 * 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2148 * 2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2150 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2152 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2153 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2154 * no change is made. 2155 * 2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2157 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2158 * 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2160 * carried in a u32 attribute 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2163 * MAC ACL. 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2166 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2167 * ACL. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2170 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2173 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2174 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2176 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2177 * 2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2179 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2180 * 2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2182 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2183 * and PU-APSD. 2184 * 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2186 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2187 * 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2189 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2190 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2193 * 2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2195 * Element 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2198 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2200 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2203 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2204 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2205 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2210 * until the channel switch event. 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2212 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2213 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2214 * was requested by the AP. 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2216 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2218 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2220 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2223 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2226 * 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2228 * operating classes. 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2231 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2232 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2233 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2234 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2235 * IBSS network. 2236 * 2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2238 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2240 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2241 * 2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2243 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2244 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2245 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2246 * u8 attribute. 2247 * 2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2249 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2252 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2254 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2255 * 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2257 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2258 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2262 * 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2264 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2265 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2266 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2267 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2268 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2269 * 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2271 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2273 * supported number of csa counters. 2274 * 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2276 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2279 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2280 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2281 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2282 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2283 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2284 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2285 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2286 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2287 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2288 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2289 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2290 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2291 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2292 * multicast group. 2293 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2294 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2295 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2296 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2297 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2298 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2299 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2300 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2301 * 2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2303 * the TDLS link initiator. 2304 * 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2306 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2307 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2308 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2309 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2310 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2311 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2312 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2313 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2314 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2315 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2316 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2317 * 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2319 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2320 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2321 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2322 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2323 * 2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2327 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2330 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2333 * 2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2335 * 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2337 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2338 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2339 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2342 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2343 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2344 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2345 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2346 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2347 * 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2349 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2350 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2351 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2352 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2353 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2354 * over all channels. 2355 * 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2357 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2358 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2359 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2360 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2362 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2363 * 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2365 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2367 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2369 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2371 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2372 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2373 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2374 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2375 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2377 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2378 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2379 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2381 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2382 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2383 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2384 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2385 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2386 * 2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2388 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2389 * 2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2391 * 2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2394 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2395 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2396 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2397 * present. 2398 * 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2400 * groupID for monitor mode. 2401 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2402 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2403 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2404 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2405 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2406 * each group. 2407 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2408 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2409 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2410 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2411 * groupID data. 2412 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2414 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2415 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2416 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2417 * 2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2419 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2420 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2421 * attribute must not be included). 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2423 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2425 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2426 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2427 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2428 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2430 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2431 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2432 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2433 * 2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2435 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2438 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2439 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2440 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2441 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2443 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2444 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2445 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2446 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2447 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2448 * the device will decide what to use. 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2450 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2451 * attribute. 2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2455 * protection. 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2457 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2458 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2459 * 2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2461 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2464 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2467 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2468 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2469 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2470 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2471 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2472 * unnecessary wakeups. 2473 * 2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2475 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2476 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2477 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2478 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2479 * 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2481 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2482 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2483 * 2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2485 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2486 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2487 * 2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2489 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2490 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2491 * 2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2493 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2494 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2495 * 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2497 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2498 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2499 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2500 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2501 * 2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2503 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2504 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2505 * 2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2507 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2508 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2509 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2510 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2511 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2512 * is included as well. 2513 * 2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2515 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2517 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2518 * 2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2520 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2521 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2524 * 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2526 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2527 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2528 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2530 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2531 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2532 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2533 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2534 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2535 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2536 * 2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2538 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2539 * 2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2541 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2543 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2545 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2546 * enforced. 2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2548 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2550 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2551 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2552 * 2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2554 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2555 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2556 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2557 * 2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2559 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2560 * 2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2562 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2563 * invalid value. 2564 * 2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2566 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2567 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2568 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2569 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2570 * 2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2572 * scheduler. 2573 * 2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2575 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2576 * possible values. 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2578 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2579 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2580 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2581 * or per-station. 2582 * 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2584 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2585 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2586 * 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2588 * 2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2590 * functionality. 2591 * 2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2593 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2594 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2596 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2597 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2598 * 2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2600 * (u16). 2601 * 2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2603 * 2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2605 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2606 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2607 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2608 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2609 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2610 * 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2612 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2613 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2614 * attributes. 2615 * 2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2617 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2618 * 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2620 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2621 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2622 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2623 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2624 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2625 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2626 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2627 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2628 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2629 * 2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2631 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2632 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2633 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2634 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2635 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2636 * has expired. 2637 * 2638 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2639 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2640 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2641 * disassociation is still forced. 2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2643 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2644 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2645 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2646 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2648 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2650 * 2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2652 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2653 * 2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2655 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2656 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2657 * 2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2659 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2660 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2661 * 2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2663 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2665 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2666 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2667 * 2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2669 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2670 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2671 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2672 * 2673 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2674 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2675 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2676 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2677 * 2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2679 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2680 * is desired. 2681 * 2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2683 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2684 * 2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2686 * until the color switch event. 2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2688 * switching to 2689 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2690 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2691 * 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2693 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2694 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2695 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2696 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2697 * parameters. 2698 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2699 * 2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2701 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2702 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2703 * 2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2705 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2706 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2707 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2708 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2709 * radar channel. 2710 * 2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2712 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2713 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2714 * 2715 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2716 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2717 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2718 * 2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2720 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2722 * per-link information and a link ID. 2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2724 * authenticate/associate. 2725 * 2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2727 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2728 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2729 * 2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2731 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2732 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2733 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2734 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2735 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2736 * 2737 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2739 * 2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2741 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2742 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2743 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2744 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2745 * the ack TX timestamp. 2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2747 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2748 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2749 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2750 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2751 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2752 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2754 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2755 */ 2756 enum nl80211_attrs { 2757 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2758 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2765 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2766 2767 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2770 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2771 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2774 2775 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2778 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2779 2780 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2781 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2782 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2783 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2785 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2788 2789 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2793 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2794 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2795 2796 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2797 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2805 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2814 2815 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2821 2822 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2823 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2825 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2831 2832 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2833 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2834 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2835 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2838 2839 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2840 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2846 2847 2848 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2849 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2850 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2851 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2854 2855 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2856 2857 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2866 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2867 2868 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2870 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2874 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2875 2876 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2877 2878 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2882 2883 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2907 2908 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2911 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2912 2913 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2914 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2923 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2930 2931 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2932 2933 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2938 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2947 2948 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2949 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2954 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2955 2956 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2957 2958 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2959 2960 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2961 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2964 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2967 2968 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2969 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2972 2973 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2976 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2977 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2978 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2979 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2980 2981 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2984 2985 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2990 2991 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2992 2993 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2994 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3001 3002 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3003 3004 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3005 3006 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3007 3008 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3009 3010 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3013 3014 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3015 3016 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3017 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3018 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3021 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3024 3025 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3030 3031 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3032 3033 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3034 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3037 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3038 3039 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3040 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3043 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3044 3045 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3046 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3047 3048 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3049 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3050 3051 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3052 3053 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3056 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3057 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3058 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3060 3061 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3062 3063 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3064 3065 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3068 3069 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3070 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3071 3072 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3073 3074 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3075 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3076 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3077 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3078 3079 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3080 3081 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3082 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3083 3084 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3085 3086 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3087 3088 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3091 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3092 3093 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3096 3097 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3098 3099 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3100 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3101 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3102 3103 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3104 3105 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3106 3107 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3108 3109 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3110 3111 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3112 3113 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3114 3115 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3120 3121 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3122 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3123 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3124 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3125 3126 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3127 3128 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3129 3130 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3131 3132 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3133 3134 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3135 3136 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3137 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3138 3139 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3140 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3141 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3142 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3143 3144 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3147 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3148 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3149 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3150 3151 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3152 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3155 3156 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3159 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3160 3161 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3162 3163 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3164 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3165 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3166 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3167 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3168 3169 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3172 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3173 3174 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3175 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3179 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3182 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3183 3184 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3187 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3188 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3194 3195 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3196 3197 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3198 3199 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3200 3201 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3202 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3203 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3206 3207 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3208 3209 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3210 3211 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3212 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3213 3214 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3219 3220 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3221 3222 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3223 3224 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3225 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3226 3227 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3228 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3229 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3230 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3231 3232 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3233 3234 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3235 3236 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3237 3238 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3239 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3242 3243 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3244 3245 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3246 3247 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3248 3249 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3250 3251 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3252 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3253 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3254 3255 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3256 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3259 3260 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3261 3262 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3263 3264 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3265 3266 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3267 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3268 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3269 3270 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3271 3272 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3275 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3276 3277 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3278 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3279 3280 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3281 3282 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3283 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3284 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3285 }; 3286 3287 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3288 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3289 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3290 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3291 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3294 3295 /* 3296 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3297 * here 3298 */ 3299 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3300 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3301 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3302 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3303 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3312 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3313 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3314 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3315 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3316 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3317 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3318 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3319 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3320 3321 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3322 3323 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3324 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3325 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3326 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3327 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3328 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3329 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3330 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3331 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3332 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3333 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3334 3335 /* 3336 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3337 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3338 */ 3339 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3340 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3341 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3342 3343 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3344 3345 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3346 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3347 3348 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3349 3350 /** 3351 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3352 * 3353 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3354 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3355 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3356 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3357 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3358 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3359 * AP type interface. 3360 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3361 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3362 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3363 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3364 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3365 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3366 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3367 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3368 * commands to create and destroy one 3369 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3370 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3371 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3372 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3373 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3374 * 3375 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3376 * to set the type of an interface. 3377 * 3378 */ 3379 enum nl80211_iftype { 3380 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3381 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3382 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3383 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3384 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3385 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3386 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3387 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3388 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3389 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3390 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3391 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3392 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3393 3394 /* keep last */ 3395 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3396 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3397 }; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3401 * 3402 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3403 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3404 * 3405 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3406 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3407 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3408 * with short barker preamble 3409 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3410 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3411 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3412 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3413 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3414 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3415 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3416 * as errors.) 3417 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3418 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3419 * previously added station into associated state 3420 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3421 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3422 */ 3423 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3424 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3425 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3426 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3427 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3428 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3429 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3430 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3431 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3432 3433 /* keep last */ 3434 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3435 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3436 }; 3437 3438 /** 3439 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3440 * 3441 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3442 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3443 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3444 */ 3445 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3446 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3447 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3448 3449 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3450 }; 3451 3452 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3453 3454 /** 3455 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3456 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3457 * @set: which values to set them to 3458 * 3459 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3460 */ 3461 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3462 __u32 mask; 3463 __u32 set; 3464 } __attribute__((packed)); 3465 3466 /** 3467 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3468 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3469 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3470 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3471 */ 3472 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3473 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3474 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3475 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3476 }; 3477 3478 /** 3479 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3480 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3481 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3482 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3483 */ 3484 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3485 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3486 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3487 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3488 }; 3489 3490 /** 3491 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3492 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3493 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3494 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3495 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3496 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3499 */ 3500 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3501 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3502 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3503 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3504 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3505 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3506 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3507 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3508 }; 3509 3510 /** 3511 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3512 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3513 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3514 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3515 */ 3516 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3517 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3518 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3519 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3520 }; 3521 3522 /** 3523 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3524 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3525 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3526 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3528 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3529 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3530 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3531 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3532 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3533 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3534 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3535 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3536 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3537 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3538 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3539 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3540 */ 3541 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3542 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3543 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3544 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3545 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3553 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3554 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3555 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3556 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3557 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3558 }; 3559 3560 /** 3561 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3562 * 3563 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3564 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3565 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3566 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3567 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3568 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3569 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3570 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3571 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3572 * 3573 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3574 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3575 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3576 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3577 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3578 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3584 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3587 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3588 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3590 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3591 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3592 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3593 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3595 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3597 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3598 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3599 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3600 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3601 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3602 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3603 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3605 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3606 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3607 */ 3608 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3609 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3610 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3614 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3615 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3617 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3625 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3632 3633 /* keep last */ 3634 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3636 }; 3637 3638 /** 3639 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3640 * 3641 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3642 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3643 * 3644 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3645 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3646 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3647 * (flag) 3648 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3649 * (flag) 3650 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3651 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3652 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3653 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3654 */ 3655 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3656 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3657 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3658 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3659 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3660 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3661 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3662 3663 /* keep last */ 3664 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3665 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3666 }; 3667 3668 /** 3669 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3670 * 3671 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3672 * when getting information about a station. 3673 * 3674 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3675 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3676 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3677 * (u32, from this station) 3678 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3679 * (u32, to this station) 3680 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3681 * (u64, from this station) 3682 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3683 * (u64, to this station) 3684 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3685 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3686 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3687 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3688 * (u32, from this station) 3689 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3690 * (u32, to this station) 3691 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3692 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3693 * (u32, to this station) 3694 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3696 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3697 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3698 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3699 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3700 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3701 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3702 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3703 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3704 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3705 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3706 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3708 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3710 * non-peer STA 3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3712 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3713 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3714 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3715 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3716 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3717 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3718 * (u64) 3719 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3720 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3721 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3722 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3723 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3724 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3725 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3726 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3727 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3728 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3729 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3730 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3731 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3732 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3733 * (u32, from this station) 3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3735 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3736 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3737 * might not be fully accurate. 3738 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3739 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3740 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3741 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3742 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3743 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3744 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3745 * of STA's association 3746 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3747 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3748 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3749 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3750 */ 3751 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3752 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3753 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3754 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3755 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3756 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3757 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3758 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3759 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3760 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3761 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3762 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3763 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3764 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3765 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3766 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3767 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3768 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3769 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3770 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3771 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3772 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3773 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3774 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3775 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3776 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3777 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3778 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3779 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3780 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3781 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3788 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3789 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3790 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3792 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3793 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3794 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3795 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3796 3797 /* keep last */ 3798 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3799 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3800 }; 3801 3802 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3803 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3804 3805 3806 /** 3807 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3808 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3809 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3810 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3811 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3812 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3813 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3814 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3815 * MSDUs (u64) 3816 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3817 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3818 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3819 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3820 */ 3821 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3822 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3823 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3824 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3825 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3826 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3827 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3828 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3829 3830 /* keep last */ 3831 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3832 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3833 }; 3834 3835 /** 3836 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3837 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3838 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3839 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3840 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3841 * backlogged 3842 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3843 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3844 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3845 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3846 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3847 * (only for per-phy stats) 3848 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3849 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3850 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3851 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3852 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3853 */ 3854 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3855 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3856 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3857 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3858 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3859 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3860 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3861 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3862 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3863 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3864 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3865 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3866 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3867 3868 /* keep last */ 3869 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3870 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3871 }; 3872 3873 /** 3874 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3875 * 3876 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3877 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3878 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3879 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3880 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3881 */ 3882 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3883 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3884 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3885 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3886 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3887 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3888 }; 3889 3890 /** 3891 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3892 * 3893 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3894 * information about a mesh path. 3895 * 3896 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3897 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3898 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3899 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3900 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3901 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3902 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3903 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3904 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3905 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3906 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3907 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3908 * currently defined 3909 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3910 */ 3911 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3912 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3913 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3914 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3915 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3916 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3917 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3918 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3919 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3920 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3921 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3922 3923 /* keep last */ 3924 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3925 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3926 }; 3927 3928 /** 3929 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3930 * 3931 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3932 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3933 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3934 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3935 * capabilities IE 3936 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3937 * capabilities IE 3938 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3939 * capabilities IE 3940 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3941 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3942 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3943 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3944 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3945 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3946 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 3947 * capabilities element 3948 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 3949 * capabilities element 3950 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 3951 * capabilities element 3952 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 3953 * defined in EHT capabilities element 3954 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3955 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3956 */ 3957 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3958 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3959 3960 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3961 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3962 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3963 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3964 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3965 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3966 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3967 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 3968 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 3969 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 3970 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 3971 3972 /* keep last */ 3973 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3974 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3975 }; 3976 3977 /** 3978 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3979 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3980 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3981 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3982 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3983 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3984 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3985 * defined in 802.11n 3986 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3987 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3988 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3989 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3990 * defined in 802.11ac 3991 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3992 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3993 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3994 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3995 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3996 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3997 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3998 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3999 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4000 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4001 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4002 */ 4003 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4004 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4005 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4006 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4007 4008 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4009 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4010 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4011 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4012 4013 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4014 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4015 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4016 4017 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4018 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4019 4020 /* keep last */ 4021 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4022 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4023 }; 4024 4025 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4026 4027 /** 4028 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4029 * 4030 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4031 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4032 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4033 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4034 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4035 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4036 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4037 */ 4038 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4039 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4040 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4041 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4042 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4043 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4044 4045 /* keep last */ 4046 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4047 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4048 }; 4049 4050 /** 4051 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4052 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4053 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4054 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4055 * regulatory domain. 4056 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4057 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4058 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4060 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4061 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4062 * (100 * dBm). 4063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4064 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 4066 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4067 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4068 * channel as the control channel 4069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4070 * channel as the control channel 4071 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4072 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4073 * this includes 80+80 channels 4074 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4075 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4076 * isn't possible 4077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4078 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4079 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4080 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4081 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4082 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4083 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4084 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4085 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4086 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4087 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4088 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4089 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4090 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4091 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4092 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4093 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4094 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4095 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4096 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4097 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4098 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4099 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4100 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4101 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4102 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4103 * in current regulatory domain. 4104 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4105 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4106 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4108 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4109 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4110 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4111 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4112 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4113 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4114 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4115 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4116 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4117 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4118 * in current regulatory domain. 4119 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4120 * currently defined 4121 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4122 * 4123 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4124 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4125 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4126 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4127 */ 4128 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4129 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4130 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4131 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4132 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4133 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4139 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4140 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4141 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4143 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4144 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4145 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4146 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4147 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4148 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4149 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4151 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4152 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4153 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4154 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4155 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4156 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4157 4158 /* keep last */ 4159 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4160 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4161 }; 4162 4163 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4164 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4165 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4166 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4167 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4168 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4169 4170 /** 4171 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4172 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4173 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4174 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4175 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4176 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4177 * currently defined 4178 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4179 */ 4180 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4181 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4182 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4183 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4184 4185 /* keep last */ 4186 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4187 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4188 }; 4189 4190 /** 4191 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4192 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4193 * regulatory domain. 4194 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4195 * regulatory domain. 4196 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4197 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4198 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4199 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4200 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4201 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4202 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4203 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4204 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4205 */ 4206 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4207 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4208 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4209 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4210 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4211 }; 4212 4213 /** 4214 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4215 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4216 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4217 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4218 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4219 * domain. 4220 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4221 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4222 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4223 * them to be applied. 4224 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4225 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4226 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4227 * domain request to be processed. 4228 */ 4229 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4230 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4231 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4232 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4233 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4234 }; 4235 4236 /** 4237 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4238 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4239 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4240 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4241 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4242 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4243 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4244 * band edge. 4245 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4246 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4247 * band edge. 4248 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4249 * frequency range, in KHz. 4250 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4251 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4252 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4253 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4254 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4255 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4256 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4257 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4258 * currently defined 4259 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4260 */ 4261 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4262 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4263 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4264 4265 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4266 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4267 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4268 4269 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4270 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4271 4272 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4273 4274 /* keep last */ 4275 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4276 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4277 }; 4278 4279 /** 4280 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4281 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4282 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4283 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4284 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4285 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4286 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4287 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4288 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4289 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4290 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4291 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4292 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4293 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4294 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4295 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4296 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4297 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4298 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4299 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4300 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4301 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4302 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4303 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4304 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4305 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4306 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4307 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4308 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4309 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4310 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4311 * attribute number currently defined 4312 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4313 */ 4314 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4315 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4316 4317 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4318 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4319 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4320 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4321 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4322 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4323 4324 /* keep last */ 4325 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4326 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4327 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4328 }; 4329 4330 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4331 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4332 4333 /** 4334 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4335 * 4336 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4337 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4338 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4339 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4340 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4341 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4342 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4343 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4344 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4345 * beaconing. 4346 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4347 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4348 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4349 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4350 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4351 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4352 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4353 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4354 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4355 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4356 */ 4357 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4358 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4359 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4360 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4361 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4362 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4363 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4364 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4365 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4366 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4367 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4368 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4369 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4370 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4371 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4372 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4373 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4374 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4375 }; 4376 4377 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4378 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4379 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4380 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4381 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4382 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4383 4384 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4385 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4386 4387 /** 4388 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4389 * 4390 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4391 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4392 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4393 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4394 */ 4395 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4396 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4397 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4398 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4399 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4400 }; 4401 4402 /** 4403 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4404 * 4405 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4406 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4407 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4408 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4409 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4410 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4411 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4412 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4413 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4414 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4415 * supported feature. 4416 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4417 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4418 */ 4419 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4420 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4421 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4422 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4423 }; 4424 4425 /** 4426 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4427 * 4428 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4429 * when getting information about a survey. 4430 * 4431 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4432 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4433 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4434 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4435 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4436 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4437 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4438 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4439 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4440 * channel was sensed busy 4441 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4442 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4443 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4444 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4445 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4446 * (on this channel or globally) 4447 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4448 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4449 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4450 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4451 * currently defined 4452 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4453 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4454 */ 4455 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4456 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4457 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4458 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4459 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4460 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4461 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4462 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4463 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4464 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4465 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4466 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4467 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4468 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4469 4470 /* keep last */ 4471 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4472 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4473 }; 4474 4475 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4476 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4477 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4478 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4479 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4480 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4481 4482 /** 4483 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4484 * 4485 * Monitor configuration flags. 4486 * 4487 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4488 * 4489 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4490 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4491 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4492 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4493 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4494 * overrides all other flags. 4495 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4496 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4497 * 4498 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4499 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4500 */ 4501 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4502 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4503 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4504 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4505 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4506 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4507 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4508 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4509 4510 /* keep last */ 4511 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4512 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4513 }; 4514 4515 /** 4516 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4517 * 4518 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4519 * not known or has not been set yet. 4520 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4521 * in Awake state all the time. 4522 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4523 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4524 * neighbor's beacons. 4525 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4526 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4527 * for neighbor's beacons. 4528 * 4529 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4530 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4531 */ 4532 4533 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4534 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4535 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4536 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4537 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4538 4539 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4540 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4541 }; 4542 4543 /** 4544 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4545 * 4546 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4547 * active. 4548 * 4549 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4550 * 4551 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4552 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4553 * 4554 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4555 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4556 * 4557 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4558 * millisecond units 4559 * 4560 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4561 * on this mesh interface 4562 * 4563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4564 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4565 * mesh 4566 * 4567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4568 * point. 4569 * 4570 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4571 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4572 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4573 * set. 4574 * 4575 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4576 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4577 * target) 4578 * 4579 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4580 * (in milliseconds) 4581 * 4582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4583 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4584 * 4585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4586 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4587 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4588 * 4589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4590 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4591 * reference element 4592 * 4593 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4594 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4595 * mesh 4596 * 4597 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4598 * 4599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4600 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4601 * 4602 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4603 * root announcements are transmitted. 4604 * 4605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4606 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4607 * Announcement frames. 4608 * 4609 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4610 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4611 * PERR element. 4612 * 4613 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4614 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4615 * 4616 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4617 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4618 * a peer link. 4619 * 4620 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4621 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4622 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4623 * 4624 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4625 * 4626 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4627 * 4628 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4629 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4630 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4631 * 4632 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4633 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4634 * 4635 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4636 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4637 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4638 * 4639 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4640 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4641 * 4642 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4643 * 4644 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4645 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4646 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4647 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4648 * 4649 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4650 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4651 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4652 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4653 * 4654 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4655 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4656 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4657 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4658 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4659 * 4660 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4661 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4662 * in the mesh formation field. 4663 * 4664 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4665 */ 4666 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4667 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4668 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4669 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4670 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4671 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4672 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4673 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4674 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4675 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4676 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4677 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4678 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4679 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4680 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4681 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4682 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4684 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4685 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4686 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4687 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4688 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4689 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4690 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4691 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4692 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4693 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4694 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4695 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4696 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4697 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4698 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4699 4700 /* keep last */ 4701 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4702 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4703 }; 4704 4705 /** 4706 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4707 * 4708 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4709 * changed while the mesh is active. 4710 * 4711 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4712 * 4713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4714 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4715 * default HWMP. 4716 * 4717 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4718 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4719 * metric. 4720 * 4721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4722 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4723 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4724 * metrics in use. 4725 * 4726 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4727 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4728 * 4729 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4730 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4731 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4732 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4733 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4734 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4735 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4736 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4737 * userspace daemon. 4738 * 4739 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4740 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4741 * neighbor offset synchronization 4742 * 4743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4744 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4745 * 4746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4747 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4748 * Default is no authentication method required. 4749 * 4750 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4751 * 4752 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4753 */ 4754 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4755 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4756 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4757 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4758 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4759 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4760 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4761 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4762 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4763 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4764 4765 /* keep last */ 4766 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4767 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4768 }; 4769 4770 /** 4771 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4772 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4773 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4774 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4775 * disabled 4776 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4777 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4778 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4779 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4780 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4781 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4782 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4783 */ 4784 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4785 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4786 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4787 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4788 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4789 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4790 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4791 4792 /* keep last */ 4793 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4794 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4795 }; 4796 4797 enum nl80211_ac { 4798 NL80211_AC_VO, 4799 NL80211_AC_VI, 4800 NL80211_AC_BE, 4801 NL80211_AC_BK, 4802 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4803 }; 4804 4805 /* backward compat */ 4806 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4807 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4808 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4809 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4810 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4811 4812 /** 4813 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4814 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4815 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4816 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4817 * below the control channel 4818 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4819 * above the control channel 4820 */ 4821 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4822 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4823 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4824 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4825 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4826 }; 4827 4828 /** 4829 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4830 * 4831 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4832 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4833 * 4834 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4835 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4836 * 4837 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4838 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4839 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4840 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4841 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4842 */ 4843 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4844 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4845 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4846 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4847 }; 4848 4849 /** 4850 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4851 * 4852 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4853 * attribute. 4854 * 4855 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4856 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4857 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4858 * attribute must be provided as well 4859 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4860 * attribute must be provided as well 4861 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4862 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4863 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4864 * attribute must be provided as well 4865 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4867 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4869 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4871 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4873 * attribute must be provided as well 4874 */ 4875 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4876 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4877 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4886 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4887 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4888 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4889 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 4890 }; 4891 4892 /** 4893 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4894 * 4895 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4896 * 4897 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4898 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4899 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4900 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4901 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4902 */ 4903 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4904 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4905 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4906 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4907 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4908 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4909 }; 4910 4911 /** 4912 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4913 * 4914 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4915 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4916 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4917 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4918 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4919 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4920 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4921 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4922 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4923 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4924 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4925 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4926 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4927 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4928 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4929 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4930 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4931 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4932 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4933 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4934 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4935 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4936 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4937 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4938 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4939 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4940 * yet been received 4941 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4942 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4943 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4944 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4945 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4946 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4947 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4948 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4949 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4950 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4951 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4952 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4953 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4954 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4955 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4956 * is set. 4957 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4958 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4959 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4960 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4961 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 4962 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 4963 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4964 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4965 */ 4966 enum nl80211_bss { 4967 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4968 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4969 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4970 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4971 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4972 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4973 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4974 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4975 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4976 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4977 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4978 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4979 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4980 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4981 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4982 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4983 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4984 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4985 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4986 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4987 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4988 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 4989 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 4990 4991 /* keep last */ 4992 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4993 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4994 }; 4995 4996 /** 4997 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4998 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4999 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5000 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5001 * a given BSS. 5002 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5003 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5004 * 5005 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5006 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5007 */ 5008 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5009 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5010 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5011 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5012 }; 5013 5014 /** 5015 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5016 * 5017 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5018 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5019 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5020 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5021 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5022 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5023 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5024 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5025 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5026 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5027 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5028 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5029 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5030 */ 5031 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5032 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5033 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5034 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5035 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5036 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5037 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5038 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5039 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5040 5041 /* keep last */ 5042 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5043 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5044 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5045 }; 5046 5047 /** 5048 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5049 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5050 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5051 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5052 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5053 */ 5054 enum nl80211_key_type { 5055 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5056 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5057 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5058 5059 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5060 }; 5061 5062 /** 5063 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5064 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5065 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5066 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5067 */ 5068 enum nl80211_mfp { 5069 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5070 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5071 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5072 }; 5073 5074 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5075 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5076 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5077 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5078 }; 5079 5080 /** 5081 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5082 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5083 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5084 * unicast key 5085 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5086 * multicast key 5087 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5088 */ 5089 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5090 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5091 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5092 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5093 5094 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5095 }; 5096 5097 /** 5098 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5099 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5100 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5101 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5102 * keys 5103 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5104 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5105 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5106 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5107 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5108 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5109 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5110 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5111 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5112 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5113 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5114 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5115 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5116 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5117 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5118 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5119 * 5120 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5121 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5122 */ 5123 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5124 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5125 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5126 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5127 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5128 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5129 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5130 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5131 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5132 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5133 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5134 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5135 5136 /* keep last */ 5137 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5138 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5139 }; 5140 5141 /** 5142 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5143 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5144 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5145 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5146 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5147 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5148 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5149 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5150 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5151 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5152 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5153 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5154 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5155 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5156 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5157 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5158 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5159 */ 5160 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5161 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5162 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5163 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5164 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5165 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5166 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5167 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5168 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5169 5170 /* keep last */ 5171 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5172 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5173 }; 5174 5175 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5176 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5177 5178 /** 5179 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5180 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5181 */ 5182 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5183 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5184 }; 5185 5186 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5187 /** 5188 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5189 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5190 */ 5191 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5192 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5193 }; 5194 5195 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5196 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5197 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5198 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5199 }; 5200 5201 /** 5202 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5203 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5204 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5205 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5206 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5207 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5208 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5209 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5210 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5211 */ 5212 enum nl80211_band { 5213 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5214 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5215 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5216 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5217 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5218 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5219 5220 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5221 }; 5222 5223 /** 5224 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5225 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5226 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5227 */ 5228 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5229 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5230 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5231 }; 5232 5233 /** 5234 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5235 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5236 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5237 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5238 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5239 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5240 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5241 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5243 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5244 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5246 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5247 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5248 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5249 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5250 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5251 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5252 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5253 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5254 * checked. 5255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5256 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5257 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5258 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5259 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5260 * loss event 5261 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5262 * RSSI threshold event. 5263 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5264 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5265 */ 5266 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5267 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5268 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5269 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5270 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5271 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5272 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5273 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5274 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5275 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5276 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5277 5278 /* keep last */ 5279 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5280 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5281 }; 5282 5283 /** 5284 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5285 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5286 * configured threshold 5287 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5288 * configured threshold 5289 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5290 */ 5291 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5292 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5293 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5294 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5295 }; 5296 5297 5298 /** 5299 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5300 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5301 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5302 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5303 */ 5304 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5305 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5306 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5307 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5308 }; 5309 5310 /** 5311 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5312 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5313 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5314 */ 5315 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5316 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5317 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5318 }; 5319 5320 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5321 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5322 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5323 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5324 */ 5325 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5326 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5327 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5328 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5329 }; 5330 5331 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5332 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5333 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5334 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5335 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5336 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5337 * per peer instead. 5338 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5339 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5340 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5341 * should be left untouched. 5342 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5343 * Its type is u16. 5344 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5345 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5346 * Its type is u8. 5347 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5348 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5349 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5350 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5351 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5352 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5353 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5354 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5355 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5356 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5357 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5358 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5359 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5360 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5361 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5362 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5363 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5364 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5365 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5366 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5367 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5368 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5369 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5370 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5371 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5372 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5373 * station. 5374 */ 5375 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5376 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5377 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5378 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5379 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5380 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5381 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5382 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5383 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5384 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5385 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5386 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5387 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5388 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5389 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5390 5391 /* keep last */ 5392 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5393 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5394 }; 5395 5396 /** 5397 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5398 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5399 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5400 * a zero bit are ignored 5401 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5402 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5403 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5404 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5405 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5406 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5407 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5408 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5409 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5410 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5411 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5412 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5413 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5414 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5415 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5416 */ 5417 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5418 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5419 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5420 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5421 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5422 5423 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5424 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5425 }; 5426 5427 /** 5428 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5429 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5430 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5431 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5432 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5433 * 5434 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5435 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5436 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5437 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5438 * by the kernel to userspace. 5439 */ 5440 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5441 __u32 max_patterns; 5442 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5443 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5444 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5445 } __attribute__((packed)); 5446 5447 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5448 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5449 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5450 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5451 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5452 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5453 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5454 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5455 5456 /** 5457 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5458 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5459 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5460 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5461 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5462 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5463 * any others are even supported by the device. 5464 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5465 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5466 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5467 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5468 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5469 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5470 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5471 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5472 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5473 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5474 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5475 * 5476 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5477 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5478 * 5479 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5480 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5481 * to the kernel when configuring. 5482 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5483 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5484 * by the device (flag) 5485 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5486 * done by the device) (flag) 5487 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5488 * packet (flag) 5489 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5490 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5491 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5492 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5493 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5494 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5495 * attribute contains the original length. 5496 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5497 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5498 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5499 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5500 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5501 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5502 * contains the original length. 5503 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5504 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5505 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5507 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5508 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5509 * the TCP connection. 5510 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5511 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5513 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5515 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5516 * service 5517 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5518 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5519 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5520 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5521 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5522 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5523 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5524 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5525 * supported by the driver (u32). 5526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5527 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5528 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5529 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5530 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5531 * occurred. 5532 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5533 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5534 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5535 * these attributes must be present. If 5536 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5537 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5538 * channel. 5539 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5540 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5541 * 5542 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5543 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5544 */ 5545 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5546 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5547 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5548 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5549 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5550 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5551 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5552 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5553 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5554 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5555 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5556 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5557 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5558 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5559 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5560 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5561 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5562 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5563 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5564 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5565 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5566 5567 /* keep last */ 5568 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5569 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5570 }; 5571 5572 /** 5573 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5574 * 5575 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5576 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5577 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5578 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5579 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5580 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5581 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5582 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5583 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5584 * 5585 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5586 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5587 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5588 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5589 * also woken up. 5590 * 5591 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5592 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5593 */ 5594 5595 /** 5596 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5597 * @start: starting value 5598 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5599 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5600 * 5601 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5602 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5603 * in little endian. 5604 */ 5605 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5606 __u32 start, offset, len; 5607 }; 5608 5609 /** 5610 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5611 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5612 * @len: length of each token 5613 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5614 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5615 */ 5616 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5617 __u32 offset, len; 5618 __u8 token_stream[]; 5619 }; 5620 5621 /** 5622 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5623 * @min_len: minimum token length 5624 * @max_len: maximum token length 5625 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5626 */ 5627 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5628 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5629 }; 5630 5631 /** 5632 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5633 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5634 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5635 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5636 * (in network byte order) 5637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5638 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5639 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5640 * might require ARP querying. 5641 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5642 * socket and port will be allocated 5643 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5644 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5645 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5646 * of the data payload. 5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5648 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5649 * advertising it is just a flag 5650 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5651 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5652 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5653 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5654 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5655 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5656 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5657 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5658 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5659 * but on the TCP payload only. 5660 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5661 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5662 */ 5663 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5664 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5665 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5666 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5667 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5668 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5669 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5670 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5671 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5672 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5673 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5674 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5675 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5676 5677 /* keep last */ 5678 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5679 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5680 }; 5681 5682 /** 5683 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5684 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5685 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5686 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5687 * 5688 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5689 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5690 */ 5691 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5692 __u32 max_rules; 5693 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5694 __u32 max_delay; 5695 } __attribute__((packed)); 5696 5697 /** 5698 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5699 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5700 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5701 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5702 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5703 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5704 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5705 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5706 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5707 */ 5708 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5709 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5710 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5711 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5712 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5713 5714 /* keep last */ 5715 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5716 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5717 }; 5718 5719 /** 5720 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5721 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5722 * in a rule are matched. 5723 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5724 * in a rule are not matched. 5725 */ 5726 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5727 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5728 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5729 }; 5730 5731 /** 5732 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5733 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5734 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5735 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5736 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5737 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5738 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5739 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5740 */ 5741 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5742 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5743 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5744 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5745 5746 /* keep last */ 5747 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5748 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5749 }; 5750 5751 /** 5752 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5753 * 5754 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5755 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5756 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5757 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5758 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5759 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5760 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5761 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5762 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5763 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5764 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5765 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5766 * different channels may be used within this group. 5767 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5768 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5769 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5770 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5771 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5772 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5773 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5774 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5775 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5776 * 5777 * Examples: 5778 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5779 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5780 * 5781 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5782 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5783 * 5784 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5785 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5786 * 5787 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5788 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5789 * 5790 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5791 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5792 * that any of these groups must match. 5793 * 5794 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5795 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5796 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5797 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5798 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5799 */ 5800 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5801 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5802 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5803 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5804 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5805 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5806 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5807 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5808 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5809 5810 /* keep last */ 5811 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5812 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5813 }; 5814 5815 5816 /** 5817 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5818 * 5819 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5820 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5821 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5822 * this mesh peer 5823 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5824 * from this mesh peer 5825 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5826 * received from this mesh peer 5827 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5828 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5829 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5830 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 5831 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5832 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5833 */ 5834 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5835 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5836 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5837 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5838 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5839 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5840 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5841 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5842 5843 /* keep last */ 5844 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5845 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5846 }; 5847 5848 /** 5849 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5850 * 5851 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5852 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5853 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5854 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5855 */ 5856 enum plink_actions { 5857 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5858 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5859 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5860 5861 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5862 }; 5863 5864 5865 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5866 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5867 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5868 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5869 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5870 5871 /** 5872 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5873 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5874 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5875 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5876 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5877 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5878 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5879 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5880 */ 5881 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5882 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5883 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5884 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5885 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5886 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5887 5888 /* keep last */ 5889 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5890 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5891 }; 5892 5893 /** 5894 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5895 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5896 * Beacon frames) 5897 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5898 * in Beacon frames 5899 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5900 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5901 */ 5902 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5903 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5904 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5905 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5906 }; 5907 5908 /** 5909 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5910 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5911 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5912 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5913 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5914 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5915 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5916 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5917 */ 5918 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5919 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5920 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5921 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5922 5923 /* keep last */ 5924 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5925 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5926 }; 5927 5928 /** 5929 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5930 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5931 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5932 * priority) 5933 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5934 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5935 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5936 * (internal) 5937 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5938 * (internal) 5939 */ 5940 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5941 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5942 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5943 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5944 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5945 5946 /* keep last */ 5947 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5948 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5949 }; 5950 5951 /** 5952 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5953 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5954 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5955 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5956 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5957 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5958 */ 5959 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5960 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5961 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5962 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5963 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5964 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5965 }; 5966 5967 /** 5968 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5969 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 5970 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 5971 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 5972 */ 5973 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5974 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 5975 }; 5976 5977 /** 5978 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5979 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5980 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5981 * socket option. 5982 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5983 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5984 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5985 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5986 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 5987 * cellular base stations. 5988 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5989 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5990 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5991 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5992 * mode 5993 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5994 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5995 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5996 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5997 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5998 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5999 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6000 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6001 * setting 6002 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6003 * powersave 6004 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6005 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6006 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6007 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6008 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6009 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6010 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6011 * states using station flags. 6012 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6013 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6014 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6015 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6016 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6017 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6018 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6019 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6020 * still generated by the driver. 6021 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6022 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6023 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6024 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6025 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6026 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6027 * lifetime of a BSS. 6028 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6029 * Set IE to probe requests. 6030 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6031 * to probe requests. 6032 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6033 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6034 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6035 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6036 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6037 * Measurement Report action frame. 6038 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6039 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6040 * to enable dynack. 6041 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6042 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6043 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6044 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6045 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6046 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6047 * rts/cts handshake. 6048 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6049 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6050 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6051 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6052 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6053 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6054 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6056 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6057 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6058 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6059 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6060 * address mask/value will be used. 6061 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6062 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6063 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6064 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6065 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6066 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6067 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6068 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6069 */ 6070 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6071 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6072 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6073 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6074 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6075 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6076 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6077 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6078 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6079 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6080 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6081 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6082 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6083 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6084 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6085 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6086 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6087 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6088 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6089 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6090 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6091 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6092 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6093 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6094 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6095 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6096 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6097 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6098 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6099 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6100 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6101 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6102 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6103 }; 6104 6105 /** 6106 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6107 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6108 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6109 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6110 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6111 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6112 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 6113 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6114 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6115 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6116 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6117 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6118 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6119 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6120 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6121 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6122 * (if available). 6123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6124 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 6125 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6126 * (if available). 6127 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6128 * channel dwell time. 6129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6130 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 6131 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6132 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6133 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6134 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6135 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6136 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6137 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6138 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6139 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6140 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6141 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6142 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6143 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6144 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6145 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6146 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6147 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6148 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6150 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6151 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6152 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6153 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6154 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6155 * be supported. 6156 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6157 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6158 * actual dwell time. 6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6160 * response 6161 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6162 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6163 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6164 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6165 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6166 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6167 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6169 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6170 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6171 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6172 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6173 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6174 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6175 * "radar detected" event. 6176 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6177 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6178 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6179 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6180 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6181 * TXQs. 6182 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6183 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6184 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6185 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6186 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6188 * timing measurement responder role. 6189 * 6190 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6191 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6192 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6193 * freeze the connection. 6194 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6195 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6196 * 6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6198 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6199 * scheduling. 6200 * 6201 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6202 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6203 * 6204 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 6205 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 6206 * 6207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6208 * to a station. 6209 * 6210 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6211 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6212 * 6213 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6214 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6215 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6216 * 6217 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6218 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6219 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6220 * 6221 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6222 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6223 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6224 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6225 * 6226 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6227 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6228 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6229 * 6230 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6231 * 6232 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6233 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6234 * 6235 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6236 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6237 * 6238 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6239 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6240 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6241 * included in the scan request. 6242 * 6243 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6244 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6245 * 6246 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6247 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6248 * 6249 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6250 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6251 * command). 6252 * 6253 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6254 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6255 * 6256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6257 * frames transmission 6258 * 6259 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6260 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6261 * 6262 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6263 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6264 * 6265 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6266 * exchange protocol. 6267 * 6268 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6269 * exchange protocol. 6270 * 6271 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6272 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6273 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6274 * 6275 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6276 * detection and change announcemnts. 6277 * 6278 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6279 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6280 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6281 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6282 * 6283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6284 * detection. 6285 * 6286 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6287 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6288 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6289 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6290 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6291 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6292 * in progress, and no active connections. 6293 * 6294 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6295 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6296 */ 6297 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6298 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6299 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6300 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6301 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6302 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6303 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6304 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6305 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6306 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6307 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6308 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6309 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6310 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6311 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6312 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6313 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6314 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6315 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6316 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6317 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6318 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6319 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6320 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6321 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6322 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6323 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6324 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6325 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6326 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6327 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6328 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6329 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6330 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6331 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6332 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6343 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6344 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6345 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6346 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6347 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6348 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6349 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6362 6363 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6364 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6365 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6366 }; 6367 6368 /** 6369 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6370 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6371 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6372 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6373 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6374 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6375 * to the host. 6376 * 6377 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6378 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6379 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6380 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6381 */ 6382 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6383 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6384 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6385 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6386 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6387 }; 6388 6389 /** 6390 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6391 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6392 * handled by the AP is reached. 6393 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6394 */ 6395 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6396 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6397 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6398 }; 6399 6400 /** 6401 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6402 * 6403 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6404 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6405 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6406 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6407 */ 6408 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6409 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6410 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6411 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6412 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6413 }; 6414 6415 /** 6416 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6417 * 6418 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6419 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6420 * requests. 6421 * 6422 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6423 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6424 * one of them can be used in the request. 6425 * 6426 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6427 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6428 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6429 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6430 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6431 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6432 * when really needed 6433 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6434 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6435 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6436 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6437 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6438 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6439 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6440 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6441 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6442 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6443 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6444 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6445 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6446 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6447 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6448 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6449 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6450 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6451 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6452 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6453 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6454 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6455 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6456 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6457 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6458 * impacted with this flag. 6459 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6460 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6461 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6462 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6463 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6464 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6465 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6466 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6467 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6468 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6469 * possible. 6470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6471 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6472 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6473 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6474 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6475 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6476 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6477 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6478 */ 6479 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6480 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6481 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6482 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6483 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6484 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6485 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6486 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6487 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6488 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6489 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6490 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6491 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6492 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6493 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6494 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6495 }; 6496 6497 /** 6498 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6499 * 6500 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6501 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6502 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6503 * 6504 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6505 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6506 * in ACL to authenticate. 6507 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6508 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6509 */ 6510 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6511 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6512 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6513 }; 6514 6515 /** 6516 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6517 * 6518 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6519 * 6520 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6521 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6522 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6523 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6524 */ 6525 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6526 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6527 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6528 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6529 6530 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6531 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6532 }; 6533 6534 /** 6535 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6536 * 6537 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6538 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6539 * 6540 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6541 * now unusable. 6542 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6543 * the channel is now available. 6544 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6545 * change to the channel status. 6546 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6547 * over, channel becomes usable. 6548 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6549 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6550 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6551 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6552 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6553 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6554 */ 6555 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6556 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6557 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6558 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6559 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6560 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6561 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6562 }; 6563 6564 /** 6565 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6566 * 6567 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6568 * 6569 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6570 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6571 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6572 * is therefore marked as not available. 6573 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6574 */ 6575 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6576 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6577 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6578 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6579 }; 6580 6581 /** 6582 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6583 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6584 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6585 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6586 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6587 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6588 */ 6589 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6590 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6591 }; 6592 6593 /** 6594 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6595 * 6596 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6597 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6598 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6599 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6600 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6601 */ 6602 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6603 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6604 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6605 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6606 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6607 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6608 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6609 }; 6610 6611 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6612 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6613 6614 /** 6615 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6616 * 6617 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6618 * 6619 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6620 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6621 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6622 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6623 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6624 */ 6625 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6626 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6627 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6628 }; 6629 6630 /* 6631 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6632 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6633 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6634 */ 6635 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6636 6637 /** 6638 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6639 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6640 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6641 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6642 * added to this file when needed. 6643 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6644 */ 6645 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6646 __u32 vendor_id; 6647 __u32 subcmd; 6648 }; 6649 6650 /** 6651 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6652 * 6653 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6654 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6655 * 6656 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6657 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6658 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6659 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6660 */ 6661 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6662 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6663 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6664 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6665 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6666 }; 6667 6668 /** 6669 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6670 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6671 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6672 * seconds (u32). 6673 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6674 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6675 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6676 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6678 * currently defined 6679 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6680 */ 6681 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6682 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6683 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6684 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6685 6686 /* keep last */ 6687 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6688 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6689 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6690 }; 6691 6692 /** 6693 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6694 * 6695 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6696 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6697 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6698 */ 6699 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6700 __u8 band; 6701 __s8 delta; 6702 } __attribute__((packed)); 6703 6704 /** 6705 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6706 * 6707 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6708 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6709 * is requested. 6710 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6711 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6712 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6713 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6714 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6715 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6716 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6717 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6718 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6719 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6720 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6721 * 6722 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6723 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6724 * which the driver shall use. 6725 */ 6726 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6727 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6728 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6729 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6730 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6731 6732 /* keep last */ 6733 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6734 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6735 }; 6736 6737 /** 6738 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6739 * 6740 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6741 * 6742 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6743 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6744 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6745 */ 6746 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6747 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6748 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6749 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6750 6751 /* keep last */ 6752 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6753 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6754 }; 6755 6756 /** 6757 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6758 * 6759 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6760 * 6761 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6762 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6763 */ 6764 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6765 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6766 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6767 }; 6768 6769 /** 6770 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6771 * 6772 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6773 * 6774 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6775 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6776 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6777 */ 6778 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6779 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6780 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6781 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6782 }; 6783 6784 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6785 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6786 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6787 6788 /** 6789 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6790 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6791 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6792 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6793 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6794 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6795 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6796 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6797 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6798 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6799 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6800 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6801 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6802 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6803 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6804 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6805 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6806 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6808 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6809 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6810 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6811 * This is a flag. 6812 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6813 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6814 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6815 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6816 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6817 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6818 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6819 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6820 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6821 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6822 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6823 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6824 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6825 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6826 * 6827 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6828 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6829 */ 6830 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6831 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6832 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6833 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6834 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6835 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6836 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6837 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6838 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6839 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6840 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6841 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6842 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6843 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6844 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6845 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6846 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6847 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6848 6849 /* keep last */ 6850 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6852 }; 6853 6854 /** 6855 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6856 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6857 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6858 * This is a flag. 6859 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6860 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6861 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6862 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6863 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6864 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6865 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6866 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6867 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6868 */ 6869 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6870 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6871 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6872 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6873 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6874 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6875 6876 /* keep last */ 6877 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6878 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6879 }; 6880 6881 /** 6882 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6883 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6884 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6885 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6886 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6887 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6888 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6889 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6890 * 6891 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6892 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6893 */ 6894 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6895 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6896 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6897 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6898 6899 /* keep last */ 6900 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6901 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6902 }; 6903 6904 /** 6905 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6906 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6907 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6908 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6909 */ 6910 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6911 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6912 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6913 }; 6914 6915 /** 6916 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6917 * responder attributes 6918 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6919 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6920 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6921 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6922 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6923 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6924 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6925 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6926 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6927 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6928 */ 6929 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6930 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6931 6932 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6933 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6934 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6935 6936 /* keep last */ 6937 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6938 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6939 }; 6940 6941 /* 6942 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6943 * 6944 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6945 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6946 * 6947 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6948 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6949 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6950 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6951 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6952 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6953 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6954 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6955 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6956 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6957 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6958 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6959 * phase with the responder (u32) 6960 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6961 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6962 * FTM slot (u32) 6963 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6964 * scheduled window (u32) 6965 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6966 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6967 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6968 */ 6969 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6970 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6971 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6972 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6973 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6974 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6975 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6976 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6977 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6978 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6979 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6980 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6981 6982 /* keep last */ 6983 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6984 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6985 }; 6986 6987 /** 6988 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6989 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6990 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6991 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6992 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6993 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6994 */ 6995 enum nl80211_preamble { 6996 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6997 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6998 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6999 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7000 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7001 }; 7002 7003 /** 7004 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7005 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7006 * these numbers also for attributes 7007 * 7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7009 * 7010 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7011 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7012 */ 7013 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7014 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7015 7016 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7017 7018 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7019 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7020 }; 7021 7022 /** 7023 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7024 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7026 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7028 * reason may be available in the response data 7029 */ 7030 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7031 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7032 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7033 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7034 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7035 }; 7036 7037 /** 7038 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7039 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7040 * 7041 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7042 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7043 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7044 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7045 * (flag attribute) 7046 * 7047 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7048 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7049 */ 7050 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7051 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7052 7053 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7054 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7055 7056 /* keep last */ 7057 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7058 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7059 }; 7060 7061 /** 7062 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7063 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7064 * 7065 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7066 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7067 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7068 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7069 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7070 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7071 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7072 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7073 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7074 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7075 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7076 * (u64, usec) 7077 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7078 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7079 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7080 * result. 7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7082 * 7083 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7084 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7085 */ 7086 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7087 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7088 7089 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7090 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7091 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7092 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7093 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7094 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7095 7096 /* keep last */ 7097 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7098 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7099 }; 7100 7101 /** 7102 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7103 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7104 * 7105 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7107 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7109 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7110 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7111 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7112 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7113 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7114 * 7115 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7117 */ 7118 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7119 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7120 7121 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7122 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7123 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7124 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7125 7126 /* keep last */ 7127 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7128 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7129 }; 7130 7131 /** 7132 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7133 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7134 * 7135 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7136 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7137 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7138 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7139 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7140 * measurement results 7141 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7142 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7144 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7145 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7146 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7147 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7148 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7149 * sub-attributes taken from 7150 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7151 * 7152 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7154 */ 7155 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7156 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7157 7158 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7159 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7160 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7161 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7162 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7163 7164 /* keep last */ 7165 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7166 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7167 }; 7168 7169 /** 7170 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7171 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7172 * 7173 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7174 * is supported 7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7176 * mode is supported 7177 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7178 * data can be requested during the measurement 7179 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7180 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7181 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7182 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7183 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7184 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7185 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7186 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7187 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7188 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7189 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7190 * is valid) 7191 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7192 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7193 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7194 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7195 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7196 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7197 * 7198 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7199 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7200 */ 7201 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7202 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7203 7204 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7205 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7206 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7207 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7208 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7209 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7210 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7211 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7214 7215 /* keep last */ 7216 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7218 }; 7219 7220 /** 7221 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7222 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7223 * 7224 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7226 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7227 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7228 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7229 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7231 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7233 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7234 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7236 * requested per burst 7237 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7239 * (u8, default 3) 7240 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7242 * (flag) 7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7244 * measurement (flag). 7245 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7246 * mutually exclusive. 7247 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7248 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7249 * ranging will be used. 7250 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7251 * ranging measurement (flag) 7252 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7253 * mutually exclusive. 7254 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7255 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7256 * ranging will be used. 7257 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7258 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7259 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7261 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7262 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7263 * 7264 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7265 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7266 */ 7267 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7268 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7269 7270 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7271 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7272 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7273 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7274 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7275 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7276 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7277 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7278 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7279 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7280 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7281 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7283 7284 /* keep last */ 7285 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7287 }; 7288 7289 /** 7290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7292 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7293 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7294 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7295 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7296 * try and get no response) 7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7298 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7299 * received 7300 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7301 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7303 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7304 */ 7305 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7306 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7308 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7309 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7310 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7311 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7313 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7314 }; 7315 7316 /** 7317 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7318 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7319 * 7320 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7321 * (u32, optional) 7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7323 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7324 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7326 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7328 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7330 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7332 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7333 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7334 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7336 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7338 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7340 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7342 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7343 * attributes) 7344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7345 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7347 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7348 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7349 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7351 * optional) 7352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7353 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7355 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7356 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7358 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7359 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7360 * Type 8. 7361 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7362 * (binary, optional); 7363 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7364 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7365 * Type 11. 7366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7367 * 7368 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7370 */ 7371 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7372 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7373 7374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7380 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7381 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7383 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7384 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7385 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7386 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7387 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7388 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7395 7396 /* keep last */ 7397 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7399 }; 7400 7401 /** 7402 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7403 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7404 * 7405 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7406 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7407 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7408 * tx power offset. 7409 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7410 * values used by members of the SRG. 7411 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7412 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7413 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7414 * 7415 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7416 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7417 */ 7418 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7419 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7420 7421 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7422 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7423 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7424 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7425 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7426 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7427 7428 /* keep last */ 7429 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7430 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7431 }; 7432 7433 /** 7434 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7435 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7436 * 7437 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7438 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7439 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7440 * 7441 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7442 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7443 */ 7444 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7445 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7446 7447 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7448 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7449 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7450 7451 /* keep last */ 7452 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7453 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7454 }; 7455 7456 /** 7457 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7458 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7459 * 7460 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7461 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7462 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7463 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7464 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7465 * 7466 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7467 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7468 */ 7469 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7470 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7471 7472 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7473 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7474 7475 /* keep last */ 7476 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7477 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7478 }; 7479 7480 /** 7481 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7482 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7483 * 7484 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7485 * 7486 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7487 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7488 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7489 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7490 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7491 * frame including the headers. 7492 * 7493 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7494 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7495 */ 7496 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7497 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7498 7499 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7500 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7501 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7502 7503 /* keep last */ 7504 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7505 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7506 }; 7507 7508 /* 7509 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7510 * mandatory fields. 7511 */ 7512 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7513 7514 /** 7515 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7516 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7517 * 7518 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7519 * 7520 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7521 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7522 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7523 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7524 * frame template (binary). 7525 * 7526 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7527 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7528 */ 7529 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7530 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7531 7532 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7533 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7534 7535 /* keep last */ 7536 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7537 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7538 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7539 }; 7540 7541 /** 7542 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7543 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7544 * used. 7545 * 7546 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7547 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7548 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7549 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7550 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7551 * can be used. 7552 */ 7553 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7554 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7555 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7556 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7557 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7558 }; 7559 7560 /** 7561 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7562 * 7563 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7564 * 7565 */ 7566 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7567 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7568 7569 /* add new type here */ 7570 7571 /* Keep last */ 7572 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7573 }; 7574 7575 /** 7576 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7577 * 7578 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7579 * 7580 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7581 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7582 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7583 * 7584 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7585 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7586 * 7587 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7588 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7589 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7590 * 7591 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7592 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7593 * 7594 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7595 */ 7596 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7597 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7598 7599 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7600 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7601 7602 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7603 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7604 }; 7605 7606 /** 7607 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7608 * 7609 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7610 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7611 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7612 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7613 * 7614 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7615 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7616 * is applied to this range. 7617 * 7618 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7619 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7620 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7621 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7622 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7623 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7624 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7625 * 7626 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7627 * 7628 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7629 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7630 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7631 * 7632 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7633 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7634 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7635 * 7636 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7637 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7638 */ 7639 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7640 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7641 7642 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7643 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7644 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7645 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7646 7647 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7648 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7649 }; 7650 7651 /** 7652 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7653 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7654 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7655 * MBSSID and EMA. 7656 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7657 * features. 7658 * 7659 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7660 * 7661 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7662 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7663 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7664 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7665 * 7666 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7667 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7668 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7669 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7670 * a non-zero value. 7671 * 7672 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7673 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7674 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7675 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7676 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7677 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7678 * 7679 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7680 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7681 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7682 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7683 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7684 * the interface index of the same. 7685 * 7686 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7687 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7688 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7689 * 7690 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7691 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7692 */ 7693 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7694 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7695 7696 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7697 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7698 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7699 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7700 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7701 7702 /* keep last */ 7703 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7704 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7705 }; 7706 7707 /** 7708 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7709 * 7710 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7711 * authentication. 7712 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7713 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7714 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7715 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7716 * userspace. 7717 */ 7718 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7719 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7720 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7721 }; 7722 7723 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7724